1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
131 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
133 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
135 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
137 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
139 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
141 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
143 static void commands_command (char *, int);
145 static void condition_command (char *, int);
147 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
149 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
158 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
159 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
165 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
167 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
169 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
171 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
173 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
175 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
179 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
181 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
183 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
185 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
189 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
193 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
194 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
196 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
198 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
200 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
203 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
205 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
207 static void update_global_location_list (int);
209 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
211 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
230 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
231 current breakpoint. */
233 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
236 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
238 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
239 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
240 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
241 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
244 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
245 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
246 if such is available. */
247 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
250 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
251 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
254 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
255 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
259 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
260 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
261 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
262 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
263 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
265 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
266 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
269 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
270 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
274 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
275 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
276 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
277 use hardware breakpoints. */
278 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
280 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
281 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
284 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
285 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
289 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
290 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
291 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
292 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
293 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
295 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
296 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
297 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
298 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
299 always_inserted_auto
,
304 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
306 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
309 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
310 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
311 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
313 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
315 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
319 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
321 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
322 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
325 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
327 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
328 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
330 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
331 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
333 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
337 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
339 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
340 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
341 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
344 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
345 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
346 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
348 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
349 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
350 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
353 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
355 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
356 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
357 if (tracepoint_type (B))
359 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
361 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
363 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
365 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
367 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
369 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
371 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
372 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
373 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
374 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
376 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
378 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
379 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
380 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
381 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
382 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
384 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
386 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
387 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
388 may still be reported by a target. */
389 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
391 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
393 int breakpoint_count
;
395 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
397 int tracepoint_count
;
399 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
401 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
403 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
406 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
409 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
411 breakpoint_count
= num
;
412 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
415 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
418 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
420 struct breakpoint
*b
;
426 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
429 tracepoint_type (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
431 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
434 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
435 for "break" command with no arg.
436 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
437 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
439 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
441 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
442 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
443 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
444 int default_breakpoint_line
;
445 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
448 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
449 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
451 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
452 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
453 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
455 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
457 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
458 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
460 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
462 int retval
= 0; /* default */
466 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
467 return breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
471 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
476 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
478 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
479 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
480 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
481 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
485 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
493 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
496 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
498 /* Skip non-numeric token */
499 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
501 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
507 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
509 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
510 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
521 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
523 get_number (char **pp
)
525 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
528 /* Parse a number or a range.
529 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
530 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
531 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
534 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
535 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
537 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
538 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
539 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
540 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
541 * pointer PP past <number2>.
545 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
547 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
548 static char *end_ptr
;
549 static int in_range
= 0;
553 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
554 or to the first number of a range. */
555 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
560 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
561 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
562 and also remember the end of the final token. */
566 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
567 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
568 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
569 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
571 error (_("inverted range"));
573 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
575 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
576 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
585 error (_("negative value"));
588 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
589 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
590 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
591 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
594 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
596 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
604 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
605 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
608 get_breakpoint (int num
)
610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
613 if (b
->number
== num
)
620 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
623 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
630 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
633 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
635 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
638 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
640 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
641 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
649 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
650 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
654 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
656 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
661 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
662 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
663 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
664 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
665 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
669 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
671 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
674 breakpoints_changed ();
675 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
679 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
682 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
685 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
687 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
688 b
->commands
= commands
;
689 breakpoints_changed ();
690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
694 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
696 struct breakpoint
*b
;
699 struct command_line
*l
;
701 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
702 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
705 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
706 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
709 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
712 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
715 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
717 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
719 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
720 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
721 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
722 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
725 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
728 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
729 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
731 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
732 that are part of if and while bodies. */
733 enum command_control_type
734 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
736 struct breakpoint
*b
;
740 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
741 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
744 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
745 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
747 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
748 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
753 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
756 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
759 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
761 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
762 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
763 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
764 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
765 list after it finishes execution. */
766 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
767 breakpoints_changed ();
768 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
769 return simple_control
;
771 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
774 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
777 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
779 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
783 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
784 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
789 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
790 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
792 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
793 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
794 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
795 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
796 memaddr ... memaddr + len
797 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
798 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
800 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
803 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
805 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
806 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
808 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
809 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
812 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
813 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
815 struct bp_location
*b
;
817 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
820 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
821 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
822 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
824 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
825 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
828 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
829 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
835 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
837 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
839 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
840 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
844 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
845 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
848 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
851 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
852 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
853 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
856 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
858 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
859 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
862 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
864 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
865 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
867 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
868 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
872 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
873 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
877 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
878 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
880 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
881 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
882 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
886 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
888 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
889 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
892 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
893 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
898 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
900 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
902 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
905 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
906 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
912 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
914 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
915 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
916 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
919 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
920 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
921 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
924 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
925 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
926 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
927 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
928 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
930 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
931 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
932 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
933 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
935 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
936 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
937 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
941 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
942 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
944 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
945 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
953 /* Evaluate the expression. */
954 mark
= value_mark ();
957 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
959 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
963 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
964 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
965 error to some higher catcher. */
971 throw_exception (ex
);
976 new_mark
= value_mark ();
977 if (mark
== new_mark
)
982 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
983 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
985 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
990 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
991 decide which addresses to watch. */
992 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
993 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
997 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
998 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
999 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1000 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1001 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1002 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1003 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1004 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1008 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1010 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1011 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1012 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1015 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1016 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1017 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1018 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1020 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1022 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1023 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1025 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1026 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1027 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1028 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1029 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1030 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1031 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1033 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1034 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1035 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1036 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1037 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1038 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1039 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1040 memory content has not changed.
1042 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1045 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1046 several times when GDB stops.
1049 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1050 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1051 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1052 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1053 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1054 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1055 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1056 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1057 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1058 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1060 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1061 removal from inferior. */
1064 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1066 int within_current_scope
;
1067 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1068 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1072 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1073 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1074 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1075 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1078 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1079 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1080 breakpoints if needed. */
1083 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1088 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1089 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1090 within_current_scope
= 1;
1093 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1095 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1096 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1097 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1098 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1101 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1103 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1104 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1105 if (within_current_scope
)
1109 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1118 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1119 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1120 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1121 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1122 be completely different objects. */
1123 value_free (b
->val
);
1128 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1129 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1130 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1131 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1132 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1133 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1135 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1136 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1137 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1139 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1141 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1142 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1144 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1146 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1147 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1148 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1149 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1156 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1157 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1158 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1159 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1162 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1164 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1165 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1166 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1167 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1168 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1170 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1171 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1173 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1176 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1179 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1180 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1181 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1182 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1184 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1188 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1190 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1191 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1193 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1194 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1195 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1196 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1197 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1198 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1199 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1201 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1203 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1204 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1205 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1207 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1208 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1212 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1214 addr
= value_address (v
);
1215 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1217 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1219 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1222 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1223 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1226 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1228 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1229 loc
->address
= addr
;
1231 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1235 next
= value_next (v
);
1240 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1241 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1242 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1243 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1244 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1246 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1247 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1250 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1252 printf_filtered (_("\
1253 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1254 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1256 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1257 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1258 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1261 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1263 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1267 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1268 inserted in the inferior. */
1270 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1272 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1275 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1278 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1281 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1282 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1283 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1284 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1285 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1286 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1287 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1288 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1289 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1292 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1294 if (tracepoint_type (bpt
->owner
))
1300 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1301 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1302 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1304 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1305 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1307 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1308 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1309 int *disabled_breaks
,
1310 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1314 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1317 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1318 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1319 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1320 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1322 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1323 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1325 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1327 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1328 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1329 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1330 Two important cases are:
1331 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1332 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1333 hardware breakpoint.
1334 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1335 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1336 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1338 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1339 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1340 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1341 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1342 struct mem_region
*mr
1343 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1347 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1350 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1352 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1353 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1355 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1357 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1359 static int said
= 0;
1360 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1363 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1364 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1369 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1370 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1371 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1372 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1376 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1377 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1378 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1379 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1381 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1387 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1392 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1393 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1394 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1396 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1397 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1398 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1399 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1400 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1401 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1404 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1406 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1407 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1408 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1410 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1412 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1413 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1414 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1417 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1418 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1420 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1421 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1422 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1425 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1430 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1431 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1438 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1439 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1441 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1443 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1444 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1446 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1447 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1448 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1449 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1450 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1452 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1453 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1454 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1458 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1460 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1461 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1462 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1463 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1467 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1468 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1469 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1470 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1471 "Error accessing memory address ");
1472 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1474 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1475 safe_strerror (val
));
1486 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1487 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1488 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1489 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1491 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1493 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1495 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1496 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1497 if (val
== 1 && bpt
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1499 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1501 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1502 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1504 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1506 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1507 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt
, loc
))
1511 bpt
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1512 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1519 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1523 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1527 bpt
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1530 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1532 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1533 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1534 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1535 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1537 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1541 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1542 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1543 so just return success. */
1550 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1551 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1555 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1557 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1558 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1560 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1563 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1564 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1567 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1568 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1571 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1573 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1575 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1576 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1578 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1579 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1581 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1587 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1588 removed locations above. */
1589 update_global_location_list (0);
1592 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1593 Throws exception on any error.
1594 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1595 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1597 insert_breakpoints (void)
1599 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1603 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1605 update_global_location_list (1);
1607 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1608 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1610 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1611 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1614 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1615 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1616 Both return zero if successful,
1617 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1620 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1622 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1623 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1626 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1627 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1629 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1630 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1632 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1633 there was an error. */
1634 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1636 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1638 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1640 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1641 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1643 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1646 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1647 thread no longer exists. */
1648 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1649 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1652 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1654 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1655 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1656 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1657 insert breakpoints. */
1658 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1659 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1662 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1664 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1669 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1670 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1671 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1673 int some_failed
= 0;
1674 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1676 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1679 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1682 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1685 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1686 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1693 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1695 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1697 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1698 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1699 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1707 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1708 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1709 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1711 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1712 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1713 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1715 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1716 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1719 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1723 remove_breakpoints (void)
1725 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1728 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1731 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1736 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1739 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1741 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1743 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1747 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1752 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1761 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1763 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1766 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1768 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1769 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1775 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1777 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1778 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1780 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1781 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1782 struct inferior
*inf
;
1783 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1785 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1789 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1790 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1792 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1794 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1798 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1804 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1808 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1813 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1817 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1819 static struct breakpoint
*
1820 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1821 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1823 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1826 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1829 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1830 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1832 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1833 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1834 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1840 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1842 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1844 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1847 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1849 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1853 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1854 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1856 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1858 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1860 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1861 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1865 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1866 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1869 update_global_location_list (1);
1873 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1875 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1876 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1877 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1879 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1881 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1882 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1884 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1885 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1887 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1890 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1892 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1896 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1897 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1899 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1900 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1902 update_global_location_list (1);
1904 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1908 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1910 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1911 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1912 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1914 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1915 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1916 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1917 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1918 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1919 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1920 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1921 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1923 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1924 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1928 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1931 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1932 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1934 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1938 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1939 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1941 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1945 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1946 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1947 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1948 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1954 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1957 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1961 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1963 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1971 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1972 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1973 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1974 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1978 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1979 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1980 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1981 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1982 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1983 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1985 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1986 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1987 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1988 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1989 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1990 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1991 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1993 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1994 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1995 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1996 let finish_command delete it.
1998 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1999 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2000 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2001 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2002 solib breakpoints.) */
2004 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2009 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2010 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2012 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2014 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2018 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2019 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2020 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2021 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2022 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2023 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2027 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2029 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2032 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2034 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2035 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2037 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2038 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2039 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2041 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2045 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2047 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2051 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2052 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2053 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2054 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2055 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2058 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2061 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2063 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2064 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2067 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2068 This should not ever happen. */
2069 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2071 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2072 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2074 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2075 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2076 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2078 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2079 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2080 || b
->section
== NULL
2081 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2083 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2085 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2086 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2088 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2092 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2093 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2094 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2096 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2097 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2099 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2100 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2101 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2102 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2103 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2105 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2106 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2108 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2109 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2112 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2113 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2114 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2115 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2116 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2117 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2120 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2121 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2122 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2123 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2124 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2131 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2136 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2137 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2138 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2139 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2144 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2146 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2151 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2152 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2153 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2155 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2156 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2157 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2160 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2161 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2164 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2166 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2169 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2176 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2179 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2181 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2182 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2185 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2186 This should not ever happen. */
2187 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2189 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2191 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2193 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2195 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2199 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2202 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2204 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2206 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2207 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2211 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2212 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2214 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2217 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2218 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2219 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2224 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2226 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2227 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2229 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2231 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2233 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2236 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2238 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2239 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2243 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2245 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2252 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2253 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2256 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2258 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2260 case bp_shlib_event
:
2262 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2263 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2264 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2265 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2266 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2268 (gdb) file prog-linux
2269 (gdb) run # native linux target
2272 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2273 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2276 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2280 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2281 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2282 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2284 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2285 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2287 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2289 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2290 in insert_breakpoints. */
2292 value_free (b
->val
);
2302 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2303 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2304 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2305 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2308 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2309 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2310 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2311 match, not program space. */
2313 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2314 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2315 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2316 permanent breakpoint.
2317 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2318 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2319 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2320 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2321 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2323 enum breakpoint_here
2324 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2326 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2327 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2331 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2332 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2335 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2336 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2337 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2340 if (overlay_debugging
2341 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2342 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2343 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2344 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2345 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2347 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2351 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2354 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2357 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2359 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2362 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2363 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2370 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2371 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2372 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2373 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2376 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2378 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2382 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2383 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2387 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2390 if (overlay_debugging
2391 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2392 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2393 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2401 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2402 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2405 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2407 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2410 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2416 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2420 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2425 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2427 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2431 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2434 if (overlay_debugging
2435 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2436 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2437 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2443 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2444 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2451 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2452 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2454 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2456 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2460 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2461 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2464 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2467 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2468 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2472 /* Check for intersection. */
2473 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2474 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2482 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2483 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2486 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2489 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2490 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2494 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2496 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2497 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2500 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2501 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2504 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2508 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2510 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2511 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2512 it is now time to do so. */
2514 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2515 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2519 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2521 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2522 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2523 it is now time to do so. */
2525 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2526 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2530 if (overlay_debugging
2531 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2532 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2533 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2542 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2546 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2548 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2552 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2554 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2555 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2556 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2560 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2561 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2564 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2581 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2582 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2585 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2589 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2594 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2596 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2597 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2598 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2599 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2600 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2602 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2603 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2607 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2617 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2620 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2625 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2627 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2633 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2634 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2635 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2637 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2638 step_resume breakpoint.
2640 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2642 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2646 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2648 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2650 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2652 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2653 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2654 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2655 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2656 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2659 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2663 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2664 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2665 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2666 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2667 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2668 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2670 Return 1 otherwise. */
2673 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2678 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2680 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2681 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2682 this function might return the same number more
2683 than once and this will look ugly. */
2684 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2685 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2687 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2689 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2693 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2696 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2698 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2700 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2701 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2703 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2709 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2712 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2714 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2716 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2718 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2719 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2720 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2721 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2726 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2729 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2731 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2733 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2736 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2737 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2738 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2739 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2741 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2742 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2743 bpstat of the current thread. */
2746 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2749 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2752 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2754 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2757 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2758 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2760 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2763 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2764 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2766 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2767 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2769 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2771 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2772 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2773 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2774 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2775 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2776 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2777 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2778 the tree when we're done. */
2781 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2785 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2787 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2793 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2794 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2796 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2798 if (target_can_async_p ())
2799 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2800 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2801 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2804 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2805 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2806 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2807 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2808 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2809 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2810 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2811 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2812 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2813 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2814 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2815 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2816 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2821 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2826 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2828 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2829 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2830 && target_has_execution
2831 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2832 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2833 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2834 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2835 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2836 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2837 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2841 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2844 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2847 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2850 struct value_print_options opts
;
2851 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2852 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2856 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2857 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2858 by having it set different print_it values.
2860 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2861 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2862 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2863 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2864 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2866 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2867 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2868 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2869 don't print anything else.
2870 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2871 that something to be followed by a location.
2872 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2873 that something to be followed by a location.
2874 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2877 static enum print_stop_action
2878 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2880 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2882 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2883 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2885 enum print_stop_action result
;
2887 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2888 which has since been deleted. */
2889 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2890 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2891 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2894 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2895 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2900 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2901 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2902 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2903 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2906 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2908 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2911 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2913 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2914 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2915 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2917 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2918 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2919 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2922 case bp_shlib_event
:
2923 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2924 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2925 to shlib event" message.) */
2926 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2927 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2930 case bp_thread_event
:
2931 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2932 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2933 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2934 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2937 case bp_overlay_event
:
2938 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2939 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2940 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2943 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2944 /* These should never be enabled. */
2945 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2946 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2950 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2951 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2955 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2957 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2958 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2959 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2960 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2962 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2963 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2964 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2965 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2966 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2969 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2973 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2975 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2976 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2977 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2978 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2979 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2980 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2983 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2984 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2986 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2990 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2992 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2994 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3005 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3008 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3009 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3010 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3011 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3014 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3021 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3022 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3026 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3029 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3030 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3035 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3036 case bp_step_resume
:
3037 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3040 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3043 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3047 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3051 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3052 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3053 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3054 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3057 static enum print_stop_action
3058 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3060 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3063 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3064 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3068 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3069 relevant messages. */
3070 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3073 case print_it_normal
:
3075 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3076 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3078 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3079 print_it_typical. */
3080 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3081 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3082 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3084 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3089 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3090 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3095 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3096 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3097 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3098 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3099 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3100 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3103 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3104 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3105 code to print the location. An example is
3106 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3108 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3109 to also print the location part of the message.
3110 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3111 don't require a location appended to the end.
3112 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3113 further info to be printed.*/
3115 enum print_stop_action
3116 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3120 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3121 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3122 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3123 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3124 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3126 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3127 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3128 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3129 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3133 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3134 with and nothing was printed. */
3135 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3138 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3139 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3140 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3141 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3144 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3146 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3147 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3148 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3152 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3155 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3159 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3161 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3162 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3163 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3165 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3169 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3170 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3173 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3175 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3177 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3179 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3181 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3182 as not triggered. */
3184 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3185 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3186 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3187 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3192 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3194 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3195 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3197 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3198 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3199 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3200 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3202 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3205 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3206 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3210 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3211 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3212 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3214 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3217 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3218 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3219 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3221 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3225 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3233 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3234 because of check_errors). */
3235 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3236 #define WP_DELETED 1
3237 /* The value has changed. */
3238 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3239 /* The value has not changed. */
3240 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3242 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3243 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3245 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3247 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3248 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3251 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3253 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3254 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3255 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3256 int within_current_scope
;
3258 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3260 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3261 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3262 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3263 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3264 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3266 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3267 within_current_scope
= 1;
3270 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3271 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3272 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3274 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3275 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3276 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3277 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3278 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3279 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3280 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3281 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3282 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3283 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3285 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3286 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3288 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3289 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3290 if (within_current_scope
)
3292 struct symbol
*function
;
3294 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3295 if (function
== NULL
3296 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3297 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3298 within_current_scope
= 0;
3301 if (within_current_scope
)
3302 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3303 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3308 if (within_current_scope
)
3310 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3311 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3312 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3313 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3315 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3316 struct value
*new_val
;
3318 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3320 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3321 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3322 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3323 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3324 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3326 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3328 release_value (new_val
);
3329 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3331 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3334 /* We will stop here */
3335 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3339 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3340 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3341 /* We won't stop here */
3342 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3347 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3348 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3349 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3350 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3351 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3352 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3353 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3354 the first value assigned). */
3355 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3356 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3357 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3358 information here. */
3359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3361 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3363 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3364 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3365 which its expression is valid.\n");
3367 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3368 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3369 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3375 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3376 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3377 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3379 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3380 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3382 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3384 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3386 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
3389 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3390 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3391 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3392 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3393 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3394 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3396 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3399 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3400 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3401 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3405 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3406 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3407 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3408 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3409 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3410 (did not match the data address). */
3412 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3413 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3414 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3415 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3418 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3420 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3422 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3423 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3424 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3428 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3430 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3431 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3438 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3439 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3442 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3444 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3445 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3447 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3448 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3449 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3450 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3454 int must_check_value
= 0;
3456 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3457 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3459 must_check_value
= 1;
3460 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3461 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3462 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3464 must_check_value
= 1;
3465 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3466 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3467 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3468 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3469 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3470 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3471 must_check_value
= 1;
3473 if (must_check_value
)
3475 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3477 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3478 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3480 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3484 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3485 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3488 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3489 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3491 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3493 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3494 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3495 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3496 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3497 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3498 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3499 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3502 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3503 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3506 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3507 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3508 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3509 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3511 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3512 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3513 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3516 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3517 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3518 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3519 changes. This still gives false positives when
3520 the program writes the same value to memory as
3521 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3522 it for a read), but it's much better than
3525 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3527 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3529 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3532 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3533 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3534 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
3535 == watch_triggered_yes
))
3537 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3542 if (other_write_watchpoint
3543 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3545 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3546 and the value changed since the last time we
3547 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3549 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3554 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3555 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3556 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3558 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3559 the value hasn't changed. */
3560 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3568 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3569 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3570 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3571 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3572 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3573 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3574 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3578 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3580 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3581 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3582 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3583 anything for this watchpoint. */
3584 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3591 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3592 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3593 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3595 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3597 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3598 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3599 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3601 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3602 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3606 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3608 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3609 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3610 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3612 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3613 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3615 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3617 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3618 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3619 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3620 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3622 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3624 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3625 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3626 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3627 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3628 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3630 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3632 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3633 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3635 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3636 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3638 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3642 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3646 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3649 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3651 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3659 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3660 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3662 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3663 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3665 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3667 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3669 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3670 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3671 several reasons concurrently.)
3673 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3674 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3677 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3678 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3680 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3681 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3682 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3683 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3684 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3685 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3686 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3688 int need_remove_insert
;
3690 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3691 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3692 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3696 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3699 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3701 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3702 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3703 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3704 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3706 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3709 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3712 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3715 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3717 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3719 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3720 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3725 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3729 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3730 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3731 /* We do not stop for these. */
3734 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3740 /* We will stop here */
3741 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3743 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3744 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3745 update_global_location_list (0);
3749 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3751 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3752 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3753 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3755 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3758 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3761 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3762 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3763 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3767 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3769 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3772 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3773 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3776 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3780 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3782 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3783 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3784 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3786 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3790 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3792 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3794 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3795 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3797 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3798 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3799 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3800 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3801 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3804 if (need_remove_insert
)
3805 update_global_location_list (1);
3807 return root_bs
->next
;
3810 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3812 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3814 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3817 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3820 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3823 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3826 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3829 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3832 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3835 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3838 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3841 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3844 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3847 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3850 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3854 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3855 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3856 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3857 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3858 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3859 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3860 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3861 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3862 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3863 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3864 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3865 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3867 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3868 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3869 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3870 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3872 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3873 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3874 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3875 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3876 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3877 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3878 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3880 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3881 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3882 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3883 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3886 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3887 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3888 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3889 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3896 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3897 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3898 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3899 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3900 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3902 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3903 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3904 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3906 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3907 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3910 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3911 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3912 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3913 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3914 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3915 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3916 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3917 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3918 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3919 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3920 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3921 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3935 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3936 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3938 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3939 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3941 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3942 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3943 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3944 which has since been deleted. */
3946 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3947 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3949 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3955 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3961 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3963 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3966 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3969 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3970 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3971 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3975 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3977 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3980 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3981 This requires no further action. */
3982 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3985 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3987 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3988 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3990 case bp_step_resume
:
3993 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3996 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3997 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3999 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4000 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4002 case bp_shlib_event
:
4003 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
4006 bs_class
= jit_event
;
4008 case bp_thread_event
:
4009 case bp_overlay_event
:
4010 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4011 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4017 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4019 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4022 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4023 This requires no further action. */
4024 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4027 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4028 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4029 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4030 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
4033 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4034 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4035 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4037 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4038 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4041 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
4043 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
4047 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4048 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4049 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4052 bpstat_should_step (void)
4054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4056 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4062 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4064 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4073 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4075 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4076 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4078 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4080 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4082 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4086 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4088 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4091 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4095 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4096 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4097 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4098 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4100 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4101 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4103 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4105 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4106 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4112 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4116 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4118 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4121 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4123 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4126 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4128 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4129 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4131 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4132 int print_address_bits
,
4135 struct command_line
*l
;
4137 struct ep_type_description
4142 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4144 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4145 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4146 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4147 {bp_until
, "until"},
4148 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4149 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4150 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4151 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4152 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4153 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4154 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4155 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4156 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4157 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4158 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4159 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4160 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4161 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4162 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4163 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4164 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4165 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4168 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4169 char wrap_indent
[80];
4170 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4171 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4172 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4174 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4175 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4176 struct value_print_options opts
;
4178 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4180 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4181 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4182 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4186 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4187 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4192 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4196 if (part_of_multiple
)
4199 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4200 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4205 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4210 if (part_of_multiple
)
4211 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4214 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4215 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4216 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4217 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4224 if (part_of_multiple
)
4225 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4227 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4232 if (part_of_multiple
)
4233 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4235 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4236 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4237 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4241 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4242 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4244 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4245 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4247 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4250 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4252 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4253 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4254 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4255 just one location. */
4256 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4257 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4263 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4264 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4268 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4269 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4270 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4271 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4272 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4273 is relatively readable). */
4274 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4275 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4277 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4281 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4285 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4286 case bp_step_resume
:
4287 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4289 case bp_shlib_event
:
4290 case bp_thread_event
:
4291 case bp_overlay_event
:
4292 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4294 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4296 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4299 if (header_of_multiple
)
4300 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4301 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4302 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4304 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4305 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4308 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4309 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4316 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4319 && !header_of_multiple
4321 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4322 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4323 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4324 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4326 struct inferior
*inf
;
4329 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4331 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4336 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4339 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4340 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4345 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4347 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4349 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4350 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4351 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4352 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4354 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4356 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4357 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4363 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4366 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4367 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4369 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4370 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4371 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4374 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4376 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4377 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4378 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4380 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
4381 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4383 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4384 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4385 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4388 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4390 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4391 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4392 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4393 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4396 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4398 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4399 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4400 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4402 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4403 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4404 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4405 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4406 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4408 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4411 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4412 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4413 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4414 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4415 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4417 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4420 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4421 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4422 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4426 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4428 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4431 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4432 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4433 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4436 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4438 annotate_field (10);
4439 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4440 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4441 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4444 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4446 annotate_field (11);
4447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4448 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4449 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4452 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4454 struct action_line
*action
;
4455 annotate_field (12);
4456 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4458 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4459 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4464 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4467 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4468 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4469 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4472 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4473 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4477 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4478 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4481 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4482 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4484 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4485 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4486 locations, if any. */
4487 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4489 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4490 disabled, we print it as if it had
4491 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4492 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4494 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4495 several locations internally, that's no a property
4498 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4499 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4500 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4502 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4504 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4505 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4506 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4512 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4514 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4515 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4517 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4519 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4520 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4521 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4524 return print_address_bits
;
4527 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4533 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4535 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4536 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4537 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4540 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4542 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4543 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4551 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4553 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4555 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4557 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4558 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4564 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4565 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4568 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4570 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4571 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4572 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4573 || tracepoint_type (b
)
4574 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4575 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4576 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4577 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4580 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4581 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4582 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4585 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4588 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4589 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4590 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4591 struct value_print_options opts
;
4592 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4594 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4596 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4597 size required for address fields. */
4598 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4601 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4603 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4605 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4606 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4607 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4609 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4613 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4615 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4619 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4622 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4623 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4624 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4626 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4627 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4629 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4630 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4632 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4633 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4635 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4636 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4638 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4640 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4641 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4643 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4645 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4647 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4648 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4649 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4650 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4654 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4656 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4658 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4659 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4662 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4664 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4667 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4669 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4674 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4675 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4678 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4679 there have been breakpoints? */
4680 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4684 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4689 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4691 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4695 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4700 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4702 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4706 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4707 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4708 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4710 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4711 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4713 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4714 && bl
->address
== pc
4715 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4721 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4722 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4726 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4727 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4728 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4734 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4738 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4739 else /* if (others == ???) */
4740 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4742 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4745 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4746 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4747 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4748 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4749 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4750 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4751 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4752 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4753 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4755 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4759 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4761 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4762 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4763 printf_filtered (".\n");
4767 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4768 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4771 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4772 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4775 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4776 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4777 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4778 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4779 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4782 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4783 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4784 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4785 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4787 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4788 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4789 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4797 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4799 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4801 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4804 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4805 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4808 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4810 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
4811 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
4812 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
4813 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
4814 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
4815 become hw_access locations later. */
4816 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4817 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4818 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4819 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4822 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4823 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4824 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4825 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4828 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4829 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4831 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4832 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4836 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4837 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4838 represent the same location. */
4841 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4843 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4844 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4846 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4849 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4851 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4852 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4856 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4857 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4862 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4863 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4865 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4866 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4868 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4871 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4872 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4873 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4874 this function is simply the identity function. */
4877 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4878 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4880 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4882 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4885 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4886 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4887 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4888 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4889 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4891 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4892 have their addresses modified. */
4897 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4899 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4900 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4901 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4903 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4904 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4906 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4907 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4909 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4913 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4915 static struct bp_location
*
4916 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4918 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4920 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4921 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4925 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4934 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4935 case bp_step_resume
:
4936 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4938 case bp_shlib_event
:
4939 case bp_thread_event
:
4940 case bp_overlay_event
:
4942 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4943 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4945 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4946 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4948 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4949 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4950 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4951 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4956 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4957 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4960 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4966 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4971 if (loc
->function_name
)
4972 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4977 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4978 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4979 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4981 static struct breakpoint
*
4982 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4985 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4987 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4988 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4991 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4992 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4993 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4995 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4998 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5000 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5001 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5002 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5003 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5005 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5007 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5008 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5009 of increasing numbers. */
5011 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5013 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5023 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5025 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5027 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5028 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5029 || tracepoint_type (loc
->owner
))
5031 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5033 if (loc
->function_name
)
5034 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5038 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5039 static struct gdbarch
*
5040 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5043 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5045 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5050 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5051 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5052 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5053 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5054 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5055 is also returned as the value of this function.
5057 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5058 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5059 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5060 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5061 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5062 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5063 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5066 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5067 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5069 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
5070 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5071 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5073 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5075 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5077 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5078 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5080 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5081 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5082 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5083 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5084 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5085 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5086 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
5088 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5089 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5090 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5091 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5092 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5094 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5095 breakpoint resetting. */
5096 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5098 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5099 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5101 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5102 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5103 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5105 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5107 breakpoints_changed ();
5113 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5114 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5116 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5118 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5119 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5121 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5122 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5123 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5124 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5125 but it's easy to implmement. */
5126 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5130 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5131 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5132 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5135 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5137 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5139 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5140 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5141 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5142 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5144 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5145 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5147 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5148 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5149 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5153 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5155 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5157 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5159 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5160 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5162 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5163 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5168 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5170 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5173 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5175 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5176 update_global_location_list (1);
5177 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5182 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5184 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5187 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5189 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5190 update_global_location_list (0);
5191 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5196 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5198 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5200 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5202 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5203 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5205 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5207 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5213 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5215 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5217 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5218 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5219 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5220 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5223 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5226 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5227 char ***addr_string_p
;
5231 struct lang_and_radix
5237 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5240 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5244 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5245 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5250 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5252 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5255 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5256 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5261 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5265 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5266 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5270 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5271 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5274 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5276 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5278 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5280 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5281 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5282 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5283 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5284 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5285 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5286 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5287 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5288 || (tracepoint_type (b
)))
5289 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5290 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5292 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5294 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5298 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5303 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5304 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5307 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5309 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5310 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5312 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5313 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5314 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5315 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5316 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5317 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5322 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5323 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5324 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5325 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5326 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5327 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5328 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5330 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5331 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5332 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5333 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5335 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5337 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5338 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5341 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5346 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5348 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5351 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5353 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5356 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5359 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5361 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5364 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5368 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5370 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5373 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5375 static enum print_stop_action
5376 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5378 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5379 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5380 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5381 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5384 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5387 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5389 struct value_print_options opts
;
5391 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5393 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5394 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5395 is relatively readable). */
5396 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5397 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5399 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5400 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5402 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5403 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5404 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5405 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5409 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5413 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5415 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5418 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5420 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5424 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5425 print_it_catch_fork
,
5426 print_one_catch_fork
,
5427 print_mention_catch_fork
5430 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5433 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5435 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5438 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5441 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5443 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5446 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5450 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5452 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5455 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5457 static enum print_stop_action
5458 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5460 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5461 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5462 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5463 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5466 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5469 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5471 struct value_print_options opts
;
5473 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5474 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5475 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5476 is relatively readable). */
5477 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5478 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5480 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5481 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5483 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5484 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5485 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5486 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5490 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5494 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5496 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5499 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5501 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5505 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5506 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5507 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5508 print_mention_catch_vfork
5511 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5515 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5517 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5519 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5520 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5521 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5526 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5530 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5532 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5533 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5535 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5536 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5538 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5539 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5541 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5542 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5546 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5547 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5548 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5549 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5550 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5553 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5557 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5559 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5561 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5562 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5563 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5568 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5572 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5573 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5575 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5576 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5580 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5581 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5582 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5583 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5584 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5587 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5591 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5593 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5594 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5595 syscall we are catching. */
5596 int syscall_number
= 0;
5598 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5601 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5602 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5606 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5608 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5618 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5621 static enum print_stop_action
5622 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5624 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5625 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5626 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5627 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5629 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5631 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5634 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5636 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5638 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5641 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5643 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5645 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5647 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5648 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5649 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5650 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5651 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5652 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5654 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5656 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5659 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5663 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5664 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5666 struct value_print_options opts
;
5668 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5669 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5670 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5671 is relatively readable). */
5672 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5673 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5676 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5677 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5678 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5680 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5682 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5685 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5687 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5692 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5695 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5697 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5699 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5700 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5704 /* Remove the last comma. */
5705 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5706 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5709 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5710 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5713 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5717 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5719 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5723 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5724 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5726 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5729 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5733 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5736 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5738 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5740 printf_filtered (")");
5743 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5747 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5749 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5751 insert_catch_syscall
,
5752 remove_catch_syscall
,
5753 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5754 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5755 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5756 print_mention_catch_syscall
5759 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5762 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5764 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5767 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5768 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5769 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5770 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5772 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5773 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5774 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5775 to the catchpoint. */
5777 static struct breakpoint
*
5778 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5780 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5782 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5783 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5786 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5788 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5789 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5790 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5792 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5794 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5795 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5796 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5802 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5804 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5805 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5806 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5807 to the catchpoint. */
5809 static struct breakpoint
*
5810 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5811 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5813 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5814 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5817 update_global_location_list (1);
5823 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5824 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5825 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5827 struct breakpoint
*b
5828 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5830 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5832 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5835 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5838 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5840 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5844 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5846 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5850 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5852 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5855 static enum print_stop_action
5856 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5858 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5859 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5861 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5865 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5867 struct value_print_options opts
;
5869 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5871 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5872 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5873 is relatively readable). */
5874 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5875 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5877 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5878 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5880 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5881 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5882 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5887 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5889 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5892 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5896 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5897 print_it_catch_exec
,
5898 print_one_catch_exec
,
5899 print_mention_catch_exec
5903 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5904 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5906 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5907 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5908 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5910 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5912 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5915 update_global_location_list (1);
5919 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5926 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5934 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5936 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5939 *other_type_used
= 0;
5942 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5944 if (b
->type
== type
)
5946 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5947 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5948 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5949 *other_type_used
= 1;
5956 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5958 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5962 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5963 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5964 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5965 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5966 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5968 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5969 update_global_location_list (0);
5975 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5977 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5981 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5982 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5983 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5984 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5985 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5987 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5988 update_global_location_list (1);
5994 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5996 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6001 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6004 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6005 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6006 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6008 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6014 update_global_location_list (0);
6016 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6020 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6025 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6029 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6032 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6033 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6034 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6036 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6042 breakpoint_re_set ();
6046 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6047 at address specified by SAL.
6048 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6051 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6052 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6056 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6058 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6060 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6061 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6062 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6063 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6065 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6066 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6067 single thread of control. */
6068 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6069 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6071 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6076 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6080 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6082 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6084 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6088 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6089 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6090 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6092 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6093 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6094 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6095 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6096 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6098 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6099 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6101 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6103 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6104 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6105 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6106 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6108 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6109 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6110 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6112 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6117 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6120 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6122 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6124 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6125 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6127 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6131 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6134 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6137 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6138 struct value_print_options opts
;
6140 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6142 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6143 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6144 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6145 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6146 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6148 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6149 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6154 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6158 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6159 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6160 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6162 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6164 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6165 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6166 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6167 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6170 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6172 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6173 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6174 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6175 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6176 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6177 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6178 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6180 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6181 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6182 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6183 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6184 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6185 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6186 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6189 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6194 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6195 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6197 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6198 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6201 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6207 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6211 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6216 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6217 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6220 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6221 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6226 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6227 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6234 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6235 case bp_step_resume
:
6237 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6238 case bp_shlib_event
:
6239 case bp_thread_event
:
6240 case bp_overlay_event
:
6242 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6248 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6252 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6256 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6258 printf_filtered (" at ");
6259 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6263 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6264 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6268 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6270 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6272 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6277 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6279 printf_filtered ("\n");
6283 static struct bp_location
*
6284 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6285 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6287 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6289 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6290 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6293 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6295 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6296 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6297 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6298 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6299 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6300 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6301 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6303 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6308 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6309 return 0 otherwise. */
6312 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6316 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6317 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6318 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6321 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6323 addr
= loc
->address
;
6324 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6326 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6330 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6332 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6333 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6334 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6335 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6337 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6338 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6340 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6341 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6344 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6351 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6352 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6353 as condition expression. */
6356 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6357 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6359 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6360 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6361 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6363 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6366 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6368 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6369 int target_resources_ok
=
6370 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6372 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6373 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6374 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6375 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6378 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6380 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6382 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6383 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6387 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6389 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6391 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6392 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6397 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6398 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6399 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6403 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6404 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6405 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6406 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6408 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6410 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6411 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6412 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6413 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6419 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6422 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6423 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6427 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6428 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6430 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6435 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6437 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6440 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6446 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6447 elements to fill the void space. */
6449 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6451 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6452 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6454 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6455 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6460 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6461 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6462 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6463 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6464 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6465 single expanded sal, return the original.
6467 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6468 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6469 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6470 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6471 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6473 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6474 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6476 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6477 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6478 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6481 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6483 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6484 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6485 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6488 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6489 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6495 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6497 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6499 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6501 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6502 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6504 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6506 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6507 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6508 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6510 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6511 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6512 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6513 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6514 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6518 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6520 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6521 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6523 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6524 char *this_function
;
6526 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6528 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6530 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6531 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6534 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6536 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6539 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6541 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6543 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6545 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6548 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6549 we should really always find the section here. */
6550 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6553 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6554 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6556 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6565 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6567 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6568 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6569 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6573 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6575 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6577 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6578 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6579 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6580 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6582 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6583 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6584 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6591 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6592 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6603 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6604 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6605 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6606 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6607 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6608 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6609 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6610 we take just a single condition string.
6612 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6613 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6614 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6615 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6616 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6619 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6620 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6622 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6623 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6624 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6628 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6630 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6631 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6633 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6634 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6635 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6639 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6640 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6641 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6642 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6645 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6646 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6647 char ***addr_string
,
6650 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6651 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6652 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6654 if ((*address
) == NULL
6655 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6657 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6659 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6660 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6661 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6662 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6663 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6664 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6665 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6666 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6667 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6669 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6670 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6671 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6672 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6674 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6676 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6680 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6684 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6685 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6686 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6687 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6688 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6689 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6691 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6693 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6695 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6696 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6697 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6698 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6701 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6702 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6704 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6705 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6706 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6707 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6710 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6712 /* Add the string if not present. */
6713 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6714 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6720 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6721 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6724 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6728 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6729 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6732 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
6733 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
6734 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
6735 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
6736 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
6740 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6741 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
6744 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
6746 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6748 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6750 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
6752 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
6754 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
6757 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
6758 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
6760 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6765 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6767 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6769 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6770 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6773 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6774 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6775 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6776 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6777 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6778 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6780 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6781 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6783 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6789 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6790 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6791 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6796 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6799 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6801 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6803 struct expression
*expr
;
6805 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6806 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6809 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6810 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6812 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6818 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6820 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6821 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6822 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6824 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6830 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6832 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6833 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6834 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6837 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6841 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
6842 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
6843 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
6844 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6845 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
6846 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
6847 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
6848 was created; false otherwise. */
6851 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6852 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6853 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6854 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6856 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6857 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6861 struct gdb_exception e
;
6862 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6863 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6866 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6868 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6869 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6870 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6874 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6881 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6882 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6883 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6884 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6886 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6887 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6889 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6893 throw_exception (e
);
6897 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6899 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6902 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6903 throw_exception (e
);
6905 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6907 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6908 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6909 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6910 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6913 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6914 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6915 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6916 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6917 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6918 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6920 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6925 throw_exception (e
);
6932 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6933 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6937 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6938 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6940 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6941 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6944 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6945 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6946 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6947 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6948 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6950 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6951 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6952 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6954 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6955 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6958 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6959 are ok for the target. */
6961 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6963 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6964 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
6965 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6967 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
6968 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
6969 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
6971 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6972 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6976 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6978 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6979 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6980 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6981 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6984 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6987 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6991 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6994 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6995 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6998 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6999 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7000 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
7004 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
7005 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7007 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7009 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
7010 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7011 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7013 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
7014 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7015 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7016 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7017 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7019 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7020 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7022 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7023 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7024 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7025 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7031 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7032 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7033 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7035 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7036 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7037 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7039 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7040 update_global_location_list (1);
7045 /* Set a breakpoint.
7046 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7047 condition, and thread.
7048 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7049 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7053 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7055 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
7056 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7058 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7060 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7061 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7062 0 /* Ignore count */,
7063 pending_break_support
,
7064 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
7071 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7072 char *address
, char *condition
,
7073 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
7074 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
7075 int pending
, int enabled
)
7077 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
7078 address
, condition
, thread
,
7079 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7080 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7083 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
7087 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
7088 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
7089 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
7092 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
7095 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7098 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
7099 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7101 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7103 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
7106 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
7107 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
7109 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
7110 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
7115 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7118 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7121 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7125 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7127 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7128 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7129 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7132 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7133 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7134 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7136 /* Preserve the original line number. */
7137 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
7138 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7139 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
7143 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7145 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7149 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7152 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7155 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7156 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7160 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7161 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7162 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7165 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7166 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7168 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7170 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7172 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7174 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7181 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7183 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7187 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7189 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7193 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7195 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7199 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7201 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7205 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7207 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7208 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7209 stop at <line>\n"));
7213 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7217 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7219 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7224 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7225 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7226 function/method name */
7227 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7229 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7234 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7236 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7240 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7242 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7246 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7250 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7257 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7258 it is probably a line number. */
7259 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7261 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7266 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7268 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7272 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7274 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7277 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7278 hw_read: watch read,
7279 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7281 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7283 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7284 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7285 struct expression
*exp
;
7286 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7287 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7288 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7289 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7290 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7291 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7293 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7294 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7295 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7296 enum bptype bp_type
;
7300 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7301 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7303 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7305 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7306 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7308 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7309 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7310 be the thread identifier. */
7311 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7313 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7316 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7317 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7319 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7320 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7321 reach a "thread" token. */
7322 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7327 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7330 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7331 calculate the length of the token. */
7333 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7335 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7337 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7338 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7339 only in a specific thread. */
7342 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7343 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7345 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7347 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7348 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7350 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7351 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7352 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7354 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7355 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7356 evaluate_expression() function. */
7361 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7362 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7364 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7366 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7367 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7369 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7372 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7373 mark
= value_mark ();
7374 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7376 release_value (val
);
7379 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7383 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7386 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7387 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7389 struct expression
*cond
;
7391 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7392 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7397 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7399 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7400 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7401 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7402 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7404 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7406 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7407 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7408 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7411 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7412 target_resources_ok
=
7413 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7415 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7416 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7418 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7419 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7422 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7423 watchpoint could not be set. */
7424 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7425 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7427 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7429 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7430 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7431 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7432 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7433 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7435 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7438 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7439 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7440 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7442 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7444 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7445 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7447 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7448 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7450 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7451 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7452 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7453 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7454 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7455 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7456 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7457 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7458 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7462 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7463 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7464 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7465 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7467 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7469 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7470 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7474 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7480 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7481 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7485 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7486 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7489 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7491 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7492 need to act on them together. */
7493 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7494 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7497 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7499 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7500 that should be inserted. */
7501 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7504 update_global_location_list (1);
7507 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7508 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7509 in hardware return zero. */
7512 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7514 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7515 struct value
*head
= v
;
7517 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7518 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7521 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7522 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7523 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7524 hardware watchpoint.
7526 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7527 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7528 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7529 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7530 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7531 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7532 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7533 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7534 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7536 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7537 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7538 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7539 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7540 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7542 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7545 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7546 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7547 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7551 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7552 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7553 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7555 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7556 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7557 middle of some value chain. */
7559 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7560 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7562 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7563 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7565 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7572 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7573 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7574 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7575 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7576 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7579 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7580 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7581 return found_memory_cnt
;
7585 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7587 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7591 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7593 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7597 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7599 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7603 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7605 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7609 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7611 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7615 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7617 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7621 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7622 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7624 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7626 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7627 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7630 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7631 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7632 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7635 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7637 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7639 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7641 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7645 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7647 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7648 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7649 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7650 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7651 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7652 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7654 clear_proceed_status ();
7656 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7659 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7660 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7661 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7663 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7664 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7666 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7667 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7670 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7673 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7675 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7678 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7679 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7680 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7681 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7683 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7684 at the very same frame. */
7685 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7686 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7689 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7691 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7694 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7696 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7697 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7698 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7700 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7702 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7705 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7707 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7708 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7709 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7710 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7712 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7714 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7715 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7717 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7718 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7720 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7721 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7722 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7726 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7730 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7732 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7734 while (isspace (**s
))
7738 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7739 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7741 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7742 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7743 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7744 if clause in the arg string. */
7747 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7751 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7754 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7757 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7758 condition string. */
7759 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7762 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7763 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7768 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7769 process start/exit, etc. */
7773 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7774 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7779 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7781 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7782 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7783 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7786 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7787 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7788 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7792 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7794 /* The allowed syntax is:
7796 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7798 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7799 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7801 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7802 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7804 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7805 and enable reporting of such events. */
7808 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7809 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7810 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7811 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7813 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7814 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7815 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7816 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7819 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7825 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7827 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7829 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7831 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7835 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7837 /* The allowed syntax is:
7839 catch exec if <cond>
7841 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7842 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7844 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7845 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7847 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7848 and enable reporting of such events. */
7849 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7850 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7853 static enum print_stop_action
7854 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7856 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7858 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7860 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7861 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7862 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7865 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7867 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7869 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7870 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7872 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7873 : " (exception caught), ");
7874 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7876 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7877 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7878 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7879 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7881 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7885 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7887 struct value_print_options opts
;
7888 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7889 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7892 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7893 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7895 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7896 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7901 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7902 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7908 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7913 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7914 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7915 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7916 : _("Catchpoint "));
7917 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7918 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7922 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7925 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7926 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7927 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7928 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7932 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7933 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7935 char *trigger_func_name
;
7937 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7938 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7940 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7942 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7943 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7944 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7947 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7948 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7954 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7957 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7958 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7960 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7961 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7965 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7967 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7969 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7970 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7972 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7973 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7974 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7976 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7979 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7982 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7985 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7987 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7988 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7991 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7994 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7996 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7997 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8000 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8003 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8004 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8008 struct expression
*cond
,
8009 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8013 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8017 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8019 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8021 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8022 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
8023 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8024 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8025 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8026 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8027 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8028 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8029 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8030 enough for now, though. */
8033 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
8034 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8036 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8037 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8038 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8039 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
8040 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
8041 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8042 b
->language
= language_ada
;
8043 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8044 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
8049 update_global_location_list (1);
8052 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8055 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8056 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8058 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8060 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8062 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8063 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
8064 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8065 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
8066 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8068 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8072 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
8073 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
8074 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
8075 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
8079 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8081 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
8083 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
8084 VEC_free (int, iter
);
8087 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8088 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8090 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
8092 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
8093 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
8095 while (*arg
!= '\0')
8097 int i
, syscall_number
;
8102 /* Skip whitespace. */
8103 while (isspace (*arg
))
8106 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
8107 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
8111 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8112 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
8113 if (*endptr
== '\0')
8114 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8117 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8119 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8121 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8122 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8123 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8125 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8128 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8129 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8132 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8136 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8139 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8144 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8146 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8147 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8148 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8149 this architeture yet."));
8151 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8153 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8155 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8156 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8157 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8158 for his/her architecture. */
8159 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8161 /* The allowed syntax is:
8163 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8165 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8168 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8172 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8173 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8176 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8179 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8181 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8183 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8184 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8185 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8187 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8191 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8192 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8193 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8197 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8199 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8204 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8206 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8209 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8212 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8214 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8215 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8218 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8219 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8224 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8229 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8230 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8231 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8232 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8233 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8234 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8235 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8236 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8237 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8238 error (_("No source file specified."));
8246 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8247 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8248 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8249 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8250 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8252 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8253 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8254 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8255 due to optimization, all in one block.
8256 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8257 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8258 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8259 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8260 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8263 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8264 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8265 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8269 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8271 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8272 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8273 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8276 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8281 1 0 <can't happen> */
8285 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8290 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8291 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8292 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8293 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8294 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8295 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8297 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8298 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8300 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8301 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8302 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8303 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8304 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8305 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8306 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8307 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8308 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8309 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8310 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8311 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8320 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8323 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8324 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8327 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8329 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8332 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8333 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8336 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8337 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8339 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8341 breakpoints_changed ();
8343 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8346 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8347 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8350 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8353 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8354 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8355 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8358 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8360 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8362 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8363 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8364 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8365 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8367 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8371 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8372 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8376 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8377 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8378 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8379 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8380 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8383 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8385 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8386 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8387 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8388 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8390 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8391 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8393 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8394 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8395 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8397 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8398 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8400 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8401 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8402 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8404 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8407 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8408 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8409 the bp_location array. */
8412 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8414 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8416 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8417 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8421 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8423 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8426 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8427 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8429 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8430 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8431 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8432 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8434 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8436 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8437 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8438 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8439 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8443 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8444 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8445 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8446 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8447 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8448 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8449 returns true on them.
8451 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8452 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8453 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8454 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8455 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8456 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8459 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8462 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8463 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8465 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8466 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8467 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8468 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8469 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8471 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8472 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8473 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8474 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8476 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8477 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8478 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8479 unsigned old_location_count
;
8481 old_location
= bp_location
;
8482 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8484 bp_location_count
= 0;
8485 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8488 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8489 bp_location_count
++;
8491 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8494 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8496 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8497 bp_location_compare
);
8499 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8501 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8502 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8503 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8504 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8505 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8507 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8508 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8511 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8514 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8515 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8517 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8519 int found_object
= 0;
8520 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8521 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8524 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8525 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8526 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8527 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8531 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8532 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8535 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8542 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8543 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8544 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8545 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8548 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8550 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8552 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8554 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8555 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8560 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8561 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8562 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8564 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8567 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8568 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8571 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8573 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8575 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8576 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8577 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8579 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
8580 access watchpoints, if the former are not
8581 supported, but the latter are. */
8582 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8584 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
8585 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
8588 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8591 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8600 if (!keep_in_target
)
8602 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8604 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8605 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8606 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8609 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8610 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8611 after calling us. */
8612 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8613 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8621 if (removed
&& non_stop
8622 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8623 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8625 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8626 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8627 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8628 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8629 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8630 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8631 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8632 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8633 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8634 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8635 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8636 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8637 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8638 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8641 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8642 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8644 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8645 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8646 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8647 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8648 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8649 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8650 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8651 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8652 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8653 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8654 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8655 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8656 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8659 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8660 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8661 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8662 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8664 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8665 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8666 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8667 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8668 traps we can no longer explain. */
8670 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8671 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8673 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8676 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8680 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8681 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8682 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8683 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8684 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8685 are sorted first for the same address.
8687 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8688 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8690 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8691 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8692 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8693 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8694 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8696 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8697 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8699 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8700 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8701 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8703 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8704 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
8705 || tracepoint_type (b
))
8708 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8709 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8710 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8711 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8712 "actually inserted"));
8714 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8715 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8716 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8717 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8718 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8719 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8721 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8723 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8724 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8725 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8734 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8735 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8736 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8737 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8738 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8741 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8742 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8743 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8744 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8746 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8750 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8752 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8755 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8756 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8758 free_bp_location (loc
);
8759 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8765 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8767 struct gdb_exception e
;
8768 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8769 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8772 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8774 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8777 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8778 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8780 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8782 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8786 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8788 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8790 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8791 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8795 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8799 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8801 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8802 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8804 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8806 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8807 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8809 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8810 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8811 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8812 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8813 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8815 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8816 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8817 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8818 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8819 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8822 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
8823 breakpoints gets resolved. */
8824 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
8826 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
8827 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
8828 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8829 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8832 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8834 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8835 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8840 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8844 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8845 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8846 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8847 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8848 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8849 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8851 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8852 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8853 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8854 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8855 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8856 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8857 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8858 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8859 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8861 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8862 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8863 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8864 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8865 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8866 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8867 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8868 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8869 with commands won't work. */
8871 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8873 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8874 list, update the global location list. This
8875 will remove locations that used to belong to
8876 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8877 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8878 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8879 design to have location completely self-contained,
8880 but it's not the case now. */
8881 update_global_location_list (0);
8884 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8885 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8886 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8892 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8894 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8898 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8900 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8904 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8906 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8912 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8914 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8915 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8916 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8919 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8920 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8921 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8922 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8923 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8924 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8927 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8932 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8934 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8938 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8939 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8940 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8941 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8942 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8943 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8945 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8950 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8954 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8956 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8957 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8962 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8963 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8964 Null names are ignored. */
8967 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8969 struct bp_location
*l
;
8970 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8971 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8972 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8974 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8977 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8979 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8983 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8985 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9000 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
9005 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
9007 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9008 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9009 the common case where all locations are in the same
9010 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9011 retain the location, so that when the library
9012 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9013 status of the individual locations. */
9014 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
9019 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9021 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
9022 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
9024 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9026 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
9028 struct gdb_exception e
;
9031 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9033 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
9038 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9039 b
->number
, e
.message
);
9040 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
9044 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
9045 xfree (b
->source_file
);
9046 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
9047 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
9049 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
9051 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
9052 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
9055 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9056 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9057 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9059 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9061 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
9062 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9063 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9064 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9065 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9066 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9067 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
9069 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
9071 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
9073 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
9074 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
9076 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9077 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
9078 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
9086 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9087 if (l
->function_name
9088 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
9098 update_global_location_list (1);
9102 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9103 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9104 Unused in this case. */
9107 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
9109 /* get past catch_errs */
9110 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
9114 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
9115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
9116 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
9118 enum enable_state save_enable
;
9119 struct gdb_exception e
;
9120 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
9125 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9129 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9131 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9132 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9133 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9136 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9138 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9139 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9143 set_language (b
->language
);
9144 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9147 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9148 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9150 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9152 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9157 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9158 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9159 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9160 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9161 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9162 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9163 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9165 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9166 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9167 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9168 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9170 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9172 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9173 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9174 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9175 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9176 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9177 which approach is better. */
9178 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9179 throw_exception (e
);
9185 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9187 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9188 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9190 char *cond_string
= 0;
9194 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9195 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9197 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9200 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9203 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9206 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9207 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9211 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9212 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9213 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9214 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9215 or it can be on local variables.
9217 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9218 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9219 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9222 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9223 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9224 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9225 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9226 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9227 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9229 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9230 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9231 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9232 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9234 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9235 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9237 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9238 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9239 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9241 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9242 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9248 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9250 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9251 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9252 case bp_overlay_event
:
9253 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9254 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9257 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9258 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9259 case bp_shlib_event
:
9261 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9262 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9263 case bp_thread_event
:
9265 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9266 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9267 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9268 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9271 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9273 case bp_step_resume
:
9275 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9280 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9284 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9286 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9288 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9289 enum language save_language
;
9290 int save_input_radix
;
9291 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9293 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9294 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9295 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9299 /* Format possible error msg */
9300 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9302 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9303 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9304 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9306 set_language (save_language
);
9307 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9309 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9311 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9313 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9314 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9315 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9316 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9317 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9320 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9322 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9323 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9325 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9327 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9329 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9330 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9332 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9333 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9334 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9336 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9340 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9341 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9342 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9345 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9353 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9355 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9359 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9361 else if (count
== 1)
9362 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9365 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9368 breakpoints_changed ();
9369 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9373 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9377 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9379 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9383 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9386 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9392 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9394 num
= get_number (&p
);
9396 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9398 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9400 set_ignore_count (num
,
9401 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9404 printf_filtered ("\n");
9407 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9408 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9411 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9420 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9427 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9430 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9435 if (b
->number
== num
)
9437 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9440 if (related_breakpoint
)
9441 function (related_breakpoint
);
9445 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9451 static struct bp_location
*
9452 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9454 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9458 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9459 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9464 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9466 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9469 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9474 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9475 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9478 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9480 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9484 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9487 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9493 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9494 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9495 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9498 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9500 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9501 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9502 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9503 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9506 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9507 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9510 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9512 update_global_location_list (0);
9514 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9518 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9520 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9526 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9531 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9533 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9535 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9536 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9537 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9538 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9542 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9544 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9547 update_global_location_list (0);
9550 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9554 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9556 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9559 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9562 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9563 target_resources_ok
=
9564 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9566 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9567 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9568 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9569 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9572 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9573 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9574 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9575 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9577 struct gdb_exception e
;
9579 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9581 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9585 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9591 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9592 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9593 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9594 update_global_location_list (1);
9595 breakpoints_changed ();
9597 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9602 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9604 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9607 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9608 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9609 in stopping the inferior. */
9612 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9614 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9620 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9625 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9627 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9629 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9630 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9631 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9632 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9636 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9638 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9641 update_global_location_list (1);
9644 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9648 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9650 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9654 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9656 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9660 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9662 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9666 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9668 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9672 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9677 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9681 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9682 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9686 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9687 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9689 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9692 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9693 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9694 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9696 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9698 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9699 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9700 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9701 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9703 value_free (bp
->val
);
9710 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9712 struct symtabs_and_lines
9713 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9715 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9717 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9718 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9719 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9720 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9721 default_breakpoint_line
,
9722 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9724 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9725 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9727 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9731 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9732 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9733 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9734 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9738 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9739 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9741 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9743 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9745 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9746 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9748 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9750 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9758 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9761 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9763 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9766 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9772 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9774 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9775 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9777 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9780 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9781 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9785 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9787 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9788 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9792 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9793 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9794 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9797 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9798 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9799 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9800 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9801 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9802 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9804 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9806 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9807 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9810 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9813 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9815 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9817 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9819 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9820 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9821 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9822 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9824 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9826 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9827 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9828 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9829 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9833 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9836 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9840 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9842 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9844 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9845 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9853 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9854 non-zero otherwise. */
9856 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9858 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9859 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9860 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9867 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9869 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9871 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9875 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9877 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9880 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9882 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9886 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9888 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9898 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9900 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9901 char *text
, char *word
)
9903 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9904 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9907 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9909 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9911 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9913 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9914 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9918 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9920 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9922 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9923 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9925 0 /* Ignore count */,
9926 pending_break_support
,
9930 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9934 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9936 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9938 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9939 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
9941 0 /* Ignore count */,
9942 pending_break_support
,
9946 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9949 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
9950 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
9951 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
9952 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
9953 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
9956 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
9959 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9961 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw address. */
9962 sprintf (buf
, "*%s", paddress (get_current_arch(), utp
->addr
));
9964 if (!break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9966 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9968 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
9970 0 /* Ignore count */,
9971 pending_break_support
,
9974 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
9977 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9979 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
9980 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
9984 sprintf (buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
9986 trace_pass_command (buf
, 0);
9991 printf_filtered ("Want to restore a condition\n");
9994 if (utp
->numactions
> 0)
9996 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
9999 if (utp
->num_step_actions
> 0)
10001 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
10007 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
10011 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
10013 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10014 int tps_to_list
= 0;
10016 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
10017 if (tpnum_exp
== 0)
10019 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10021 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10029 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10034 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
10035 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
10038 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10039 Not supported by all targets. */
10041 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10043 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10046 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10047 Not supported by all targets. */
10049 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10051 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10054 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10056 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10058 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
10064 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10066 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10067 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10068 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10069 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10071 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10073 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10078 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10080 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
10084 if (tracepoint_type (b
)
10086 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10091 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
10094 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10096 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10097 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10098 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10101 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10103 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
10104 unsigned int count
;
10107 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10108 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10110 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10112 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
10115 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
10117 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10120 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10123 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10129 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10130 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10132 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10133 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10135 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10136 t2
->number
, count
);
10138 if (! all
&& *args
)
10139 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10145 struct breakpoint
*
10146 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10148 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10150 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10151 if (t
->number
== num
)
10157 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10158 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10161 struct breakpoint
*
10162 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10164 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10166 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10167 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10173 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10174 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10175 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10176 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10177 struct breakpoint
*
10178 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10180 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10181 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10183 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10185 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10188 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10190 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10193 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10197 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10198 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10201 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10205 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10206 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10211 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10212 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10213 allow us to discover this. */
10214 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10218 /* save-tracepoints command */
10220 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10222 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10224 struct action_line
*line
;
10226 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
10227 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
10229 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10231 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10232 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10234 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10235 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10242 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10246 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10247 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10248 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
10250 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10251 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10252 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
10254 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10256 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10257 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
10260 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10261 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
10264 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10265 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10269 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10271 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10273 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10275 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10276 actionline
= line
->action
;
10277 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10280 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10281 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10283 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10285 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10286 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10288 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10294 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10296 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10300 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10302 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10305 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10306 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10308 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10310 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10317 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10318 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10319 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10320 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10321 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10322 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10323 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10324 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10325 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10326 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10327 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10329 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10330 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10332 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10334 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10336 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10337 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10339 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10340 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10342 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10343 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10345 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10346 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10347 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10348 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10349 char *text
, char *word
),
10350 void *user_data_catch
,
10351 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10353 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10355 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10357 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10358 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10359 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10361 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10363 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10364 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10365 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10369 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10371 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10373 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10374 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10375 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10379 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10381 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10382 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10385 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10386 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10387 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10389 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10390 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10391 before a breakpoint is set. */
10392 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10394 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10396 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10397 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10398 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10400 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10402 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10403 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10404 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10405 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10406 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10407 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10408 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10409 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10411 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10412 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10413 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10414 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10416 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10417 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10418 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10419 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10420 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10422 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10423 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10425 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10426 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10427 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10428 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10430 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10431 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10433 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10434 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10435 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10436 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10438 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10439 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10441 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10442 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10443 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10444 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10445 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10446 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10447 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10449 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10450 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10451 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10452 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10453 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10454 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10456 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10458 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10459 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10460 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10461 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10462 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10463 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10465 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10466 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10467 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10470 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10471 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10472 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10475 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10476 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10477 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10480 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10481 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10482 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10485 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10486 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10487 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10488 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10489 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10490 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10491 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10492 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10494 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10495 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10496 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10497 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10498 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10500 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10501 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10502 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10503 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10504 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10505 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10508 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10509 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10510 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10511 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10513 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10514 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10515 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10516 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10517 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10519 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10520 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10521 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10522 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10524 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10525 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10526 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10527 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10528 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10531 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10532 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10533 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10534 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10535 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10536 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10538 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10539 is executing in.\n\
10541 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10543 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10544 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10545 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10546 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10548 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10549 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10550 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10551 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10554 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10558 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10559 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10560 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10561 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10562 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10563 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10564 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10565 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10566 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10567 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10568 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10569 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10570 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10571 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10572 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10573 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10575 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10576 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10577 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10578 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10579 breakpoint set."));
10582 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10583 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10584 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10585 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10586 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10587 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10588 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10589 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10590 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10592 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10593 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10594 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10595 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10596 breakpoint set."));
10598 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10601 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10602 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10603 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10604 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10605 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10606 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10607 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10608 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10609 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10611 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10612 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10613 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10614 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10615 breakpoint set."));
10617 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10618 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10619 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10620 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10621 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10622 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10623 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10624 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10625 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10626 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10627 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10628 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10629 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10631 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10632 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10633 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10634 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10636 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10638 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10639 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10640 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10641 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10643 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10644 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10645 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10646 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10648 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10649 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10650 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10651 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10652 catch_catch_command
,
10656 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10657 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10658 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10659 catch_throw_command
,
10663 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10664 catch_fork_command_1
,
10666 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10667 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10668 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10669 catch_fork_command_1
,
10671 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10672 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10673 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10674 catch_exec_command_1
,
10678 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10679 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10680 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10681 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10682 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10683 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10684 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10685 catch_syscall_completer
,
10688 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10689 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10690 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10691 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10695 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10696 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10697 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10698 catch_assert_command
,
10703 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10704 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10705 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10706 an expression changes."));
10707 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10709 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10710 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10711 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10712 an expression is read."));
10713 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10715 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10716 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10717 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10718 an expression is either read or written."));
10719 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10721 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10722 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10725 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10726 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10727 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10728 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10729 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10730 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10731 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10732 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10733 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10736 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10737 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10739 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10741 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10743 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10744 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10746 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10747 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10748 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10750 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10751 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10752 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10753 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10755 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
10756 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10758 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
10759 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10760 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10762 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10763 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10764 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10765 last tracepoint set."));
10767 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10769 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10770 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10771 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10772 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10775 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10776 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10777 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10778 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10780 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10782 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10783 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10784 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10785 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10787 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10789 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10790 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10791 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10792 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10793 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10795 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10796 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10797 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10798 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10800 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10801 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10802 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10803 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10804 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10805 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10806 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10807 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10808 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10809 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10810 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10811 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10813 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10814 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10815 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10816 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10817 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10818 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10819 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10820 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10822 show_pending_break_support
,
10823 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10824 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10826 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10828 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10829 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10830 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10831 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10832 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10833 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10834 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10836 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10837 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10838 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10840 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10841 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10842 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10843 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10844 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10845 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10846 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10847 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10848 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10849 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10850 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10851 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10853 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10854 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10855 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10857 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10859 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);